1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
92 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96 static void clear_command (char *, int);
98 static void catch_command (char *, int);
100 static void watch_command (char *, int);
102 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
104 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
106 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
108 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
109 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
110 struct symtab_and_line
,
113 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
115 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
119 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
121 struct obj_section
*, int);
123 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
125 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
128 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
129 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
131 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
133 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
135 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
137 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
139 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
141 static void commands_command (char *, int);
143 static void condition_command (char *, int);
145 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
154 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
155 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
157 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
159 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
161 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
163 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
165 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
169 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
171 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
173 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
175 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
177 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
179 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
181 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
183 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
185 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
189 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
190 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
192 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
194 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
196 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
199 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
201 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
203 static void update_global_location_list (int);
205 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
207 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
209 static int is_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
211 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
213 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
215 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
217 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
219 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
225 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
226 breakpoints share a single command list. */
227 struct counted_command_line
229 /* The reference count. */
232 /* The command list. */
233 struct command_line
*commands
;
236 struct command_line
*
237 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
239 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
242 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
243 current breakpoint. */
245 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
248 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
250 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
251 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
252 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
253 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
256 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
257 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
258 if such is available. */
259 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
262 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
263 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
266 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
267 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
271 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
272 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
273 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
274 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
275 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
277 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
278 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
281 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
282 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
286 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
287 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
288 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
289 use hardware breakpoints. */
290 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
292 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
293 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
296 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
297 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
301 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
302 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
303 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
304 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
305 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
307 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
308 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
309 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
310 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
311 always_inserted_auto
,
316 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
318 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
319 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
321 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
322 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
323 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
325 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
327 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
331 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
333 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
334 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
337 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
339 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
340 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
342 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
343 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
345 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
349 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
351 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
352 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
353 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
356 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
357 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
358 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
360 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
361 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
362 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
365 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
367 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
368 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
369 if (tracepoint_type (B))
371 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
373 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
375 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
377 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
379 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
381 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
383 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
384 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
385 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
386 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
388 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
390 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
391 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
392 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
393 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
394 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
396 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
398 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
399 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
400 may still be reported by a target. */
401 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
403 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
405 static int breakpoint_count
;
407 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
408 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
409 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
410 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
411 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
413 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
415 static int tracepoint_count
;
417 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
419 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
421 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
424 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
427 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
429 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
430 breakpoint_count
= num
;
431 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
434 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
435 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
436 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
438 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
442 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
444 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
447 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
451 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
453 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
456 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
459 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
467 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
470 tracepoint_type (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
472 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
|| b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
);
475 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
476 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
478 static struct counted_command_line
*
479 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
481 struct counted_command_line
*result
482 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
484 result
->commands
= commands
;
488 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
491 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
497 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
498 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
499 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
502 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
506 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
508 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
515 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
518 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
520 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
523 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
526 static struct cleanup
*
527 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
529 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
532 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
533 for "break" command with no arg.
534 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
535 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
537 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
539 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
540 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
541 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
542 int default_breakpoint_line
;
543 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
546 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
547 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
549 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
550 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
551 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
553 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
555 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
556 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
558 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
560 int retval
= 0; /* default */
564 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
565 return breakpoint_count
;
568 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
569 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
574 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
576 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
577 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
578 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
579 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
583 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
591 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
594 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
596 /* Skip non-numeric token */
597 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
599 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
605 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
607 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
608 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
619 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
621 get_number (char **pp
)
623 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
626 /* Parse a number or a range.
627 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
628 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
629 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
632 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
633 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
635 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
636 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
637 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
638 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
639 * pointer PP past <number2>.
643 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
645 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
646 static char *end_ptr
;
647 static int in_range
= 0;
651 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
652 or to the first number of a range. */
653 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
658 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
659 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
660 and also remember the end of the final token. */
664 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
665 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
666 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
667 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
669 error (_("inverted range"));
671 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
673 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
674 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
683 error (_("negative value"));
686 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
687 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
688 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
689 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
692 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
694 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
702 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
703 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
706 get_breakpoint (int num
)
708 struct breakpoint
*b
;
711 if (b
->number
== num
)
718 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
721 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
723 struct breakpoint
*b
;
728 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
731 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
733 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
736 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
739 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
744 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
745 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
752 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
757 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
758 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
759 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
760 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
762 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
764 innermost_block
= NULL
;
766 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
768 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
769 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
773 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
777 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
779 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
783 breakpoints_changed ();
784 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
788 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
791 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
792 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
793 Throw if any such commands is found.
796 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
798 struct command_line
*c
;
799 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
803 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
804 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
806 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
807 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
809 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
810 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
812 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
813 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
815 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
816 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
821 breakpoint_is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
826 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
834 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
835 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
839 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
840 struct command_line
*commands
)
842 if (breakpoint_is_tracepoint (b
))
844 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands
845 is valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one while-stepping
846 element, and that while-stepping's body has valid tracing commands
847 excluding nested while-stepping. */
848 struct command_line
*c
;
849 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
850 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
853 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
855 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
856 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
859 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can be used only once"));
866 struct command_line
*c2
;
868 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
869 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
870 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
873 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
874 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
880 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
884 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
885 validate that only allowed commands are included.
889 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
891 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
893 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
894 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
895 breakpoints_changed ();
896 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
900 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
902 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
903 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
906 /* A structure used to pass information through
907 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
911 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
914 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
917 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
918 already-parsed command. */
919 struct command_line
*control
;
921 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
923 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
926 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
930 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
932 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
934 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
936 struct command_line
*l
;
938 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
939 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
942 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
945 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) %s, one per line."),
948 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
950 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
952 (breakpoint_is_tracepoint (b
)
953 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
956 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
959 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
962 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
964 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
966 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
967 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
968 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
969 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
970 breakpoints_changed ();
971 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
976 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct command_line
*control
)
978 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
979 struct commands_info info
;
981 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
982 info
.control
= control
;
984 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
985 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
986 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
988 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
990 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
991 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1, breakpoint_count
);
992 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
993 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
996 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
997 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
998 numbers will fail in this case. */
1003 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1005 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1008 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1012 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1014 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1015 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1017 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1021 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1023 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1026 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1027 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1029 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1030 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1031 enum command_control_type
1032 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1034 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1035 return simple_control
;
1038 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1041 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1043 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1047 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1048 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1053 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1054 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1056 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1057 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1058 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1059 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1060 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1061 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1062 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1064 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1067 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1069 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
1070 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1072 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
1073 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
1076 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1077 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1079 struct bp_location
*b
;
1081 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1082 b
= bp_location
[bc
];
1084 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
1085 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
1086 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1088 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
1089 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
1092 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
1093 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
1099 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1101 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1103 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
1104 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1108 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1109 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1112 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1115 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1116 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
1117 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
1120 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
1122 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1123 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1126 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1128 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1129 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1131 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1132 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1136 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1137 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1141 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1142 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1144 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1145 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1146 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1150 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1152 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1153 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1156 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1157 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1162 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
1164 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
1166 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
1169 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
1170 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
1175 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1178 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1180 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1181 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1182 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1185 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1189 is_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1191 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1192 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1195 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
1196 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
1197 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
1200 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
1201 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
1202 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
1203 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
1204 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
1206 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
1207 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
1208 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
1209 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
1211 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
1212 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
1213 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
1217 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
1218 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
1220 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
1221 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
1229 /* Evaluate the expression. */
1230 mark
= value_mark ();
1233 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
1235 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
1239 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
1240 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
1241 error to some higher catcher. */
1247 throw_exception (ex
);
1252 new_mark
= value_mark ();
1253 if (mark
== new_mark
)
1258 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
1259 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
1261 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
1266 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
1267 decide which addresses to watch. */
1268 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
1269 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
1273 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1274 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1275 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1276 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1277 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1278 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1279 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1280 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1284 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1286 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1287 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1291 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1292 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1293 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1294 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1296 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1298 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1299 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1301 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1302 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1303 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1304 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1305 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1306 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1307 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1309 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1310 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1311 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1312 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1313 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1314 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1315 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1316 memory content has not changed.
1318 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1321 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1322 several times when GDB stops.
1325 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1326 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1327 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1328 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1329 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1330 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1331 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1332 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1333 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1334 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1336 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1337 removal from inferior. */
1340 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1342 int within_current_scope
;
1343 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1344 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1348 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1349 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1350 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1351 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1354 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1355 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1356 breakpoints if needed. */
1359 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1364 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1365 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1366 within_current_scope
= 1;
1369 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1371 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1372 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1373 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1374 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1377 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1379 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1380 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1381 if (within_current_scope
)
1385 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1394 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1395 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1396 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1397 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1398 be completely different objects. */
1399 value_free (b
->val
);
1403 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1404 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1405 locations (re)created below. */
1406 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1408 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1410 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1415 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1419 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1420 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1421 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1422 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1423 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1424 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1426 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1427 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1428 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1430 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1432 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1433 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1435 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1437 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1438 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1439 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1440 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1447 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1448 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1449 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1450 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1453 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1455 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1456 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1457 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1458 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1459 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1461 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1462 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1464 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1467 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1470 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1471 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1472 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1473 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1475 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1479 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1481 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1482 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1484 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1485 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1486 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1487 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1488 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1489 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1490 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1492 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1494 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1495 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1496 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1498 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1499 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1503 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1505 addr
= value_address (v
);
1506 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1508 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1510 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1513 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1514 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1517 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1519 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1520 loc
->address
= addr
;
1522 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1526 next
= value_next (v
);
1531 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1532 above left it without any location set up. But,
1533 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1534 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1535 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1537 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1538 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1539 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1540 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1541 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1544 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1546 printf_filtered (_("\
1547 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1548 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1550 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1552 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1553 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
1554 b
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
1556 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1559 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1561 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1565 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1566 inserted in the inferior. */
1568 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1570 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1573 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1576 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1579 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1580 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1581 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1582 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1583 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1584 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1585 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1586 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1587 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1590 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1592 if (tracepoint_type (bpt
->owner
))
1598 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1599 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1600 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1602 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1603 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1605 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1606 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1607 int *disabled_breaks
,
1608 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1612 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1615 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1616 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1617 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1618 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1620 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1621 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1623 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1625 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1626 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1627 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1628 Two important cases are:
1629 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1630 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1631 hardware breakpoint.
1632 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1633 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1634 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1636 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1637 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1638 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1639 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1640 struct mem_region
*mr
1641 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1645 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1648 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1650 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1651 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1653 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1655 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1657 static int said
= 0;
1658 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1661 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1662 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1667 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1668 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1669 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1670 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1674 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1675 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1676 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1677 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1679 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1681 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1682 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1685 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1690 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1691 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1692 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1694 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1695 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1696 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1697 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1698 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1699 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1702 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1704 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1705 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1706 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1707 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1708 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1711 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1712 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1715 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1716 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1718 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1719 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1720 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1723 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1728 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1729 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1736 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1737 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1739 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1741 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1742 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1744 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1745 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1746 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1747 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1748 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1750 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1751 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1752 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1756 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1758 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1759 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1760 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1761 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1765 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1766 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1767 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1768 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1769 "Error accessing memory address ");
1770 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1772 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1773 safe_strerror (val
));
1784 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1785 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1786 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1787 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1789 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1791 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1793 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1794 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1795 if (val
== 1 && bpt
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1797 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1799 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1800 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1802 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1804 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1805 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt
, loc
))
1809 bpt
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1810 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1817 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1821 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1825 bpt
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1828 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1830 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1831 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1832 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1833 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1835 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1839 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1840 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1841 so just return success. */
1848 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1849 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1853 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1855 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1856 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1858 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1859 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1861 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1862 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1865 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1866 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1867 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1869 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1871 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1873 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1874 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1876 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1877 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1879 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1885 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1886 removed locations above. */
1887 update_global_location_list (0);
1890 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1891 Throws exception on any error.
1892 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1893 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1895 insert_breakpoints (void)
1897 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1900 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1901 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1903 update_global_location_list (1);
1905 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1906 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1908 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1909 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1912 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1913 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1914 Both return zero if successful,
1915 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1918 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1920 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1921 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1924 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1925 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1927 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1928 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1930 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1931 there was an error. */
1932 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1934 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1936 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1938 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1939 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1941 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1944 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1945 thread no longer exists. */
1946 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1947 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1950 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1952 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1953 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1954 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1955 insert breakpoints. */
1956 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1957 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1960 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1962 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1967 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1968 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1971 int some_failed
= 0;
1972 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1974 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1980 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1983 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1984 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1991 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1993 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1995 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1996 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1997 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2005 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2006 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2007 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2009 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2010 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2011 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2013 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2014 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2017 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2021 remove_breakpoints (void)
2023 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2029 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
2034 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2037 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2039 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
2041 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
2045 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2050 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
2059 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
2061 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2064 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2066 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2067 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
2073 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2075 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2076 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2078 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2079 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2080 struct inferior
*inf
;
2081 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2083 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2087 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2088 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2090 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2092 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2094 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2096 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2102 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
2106 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2111 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2115 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2117 static struct breakpoint
*
2118 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2119 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2121 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2122 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2124 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
2127 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2128 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2130 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2131 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2132 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2138 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
2140 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2142 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2144 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2145 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2147 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2151 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2152 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2154 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2156 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2158 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2159 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2163 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2164 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2167 update_global_location_list (1);
2171 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
2173 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2174 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2175 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2177 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2179 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2180 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2182 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2183 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2185 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
2188 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2190 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2194 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2195 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2197 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2198 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2200 update_global_location_list (1);
2202 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2205 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. The actual function
2206 looked for is named FUNC_NAME. */
2208 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (const char *func_name
)
2210 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2211 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2212 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2214 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2216 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2217 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2220 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2222 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2224 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2225 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2226 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2229 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2230 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2231 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2232 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2233 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2235 update_global_location_list (1);
2237 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2241 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2243 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2244 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
2245 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2247 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2248 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2249 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2250 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2251 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2252 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2253 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2254 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2255 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2256 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2257 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2261 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2264 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2265 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2267 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2271 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2272 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2274 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2278 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2279 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2280 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2281 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
2283 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2287 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2288 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2290 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2294 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2296 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
2298 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2302 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2304 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2305 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2306 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2307 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2311 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2312 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2313 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2314 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2315 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2316 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2318 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2319 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2320 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2321 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2322 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2323 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2324 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2326 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2327 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2328 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2329 let finish_command delete it.
2331 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2332 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2333 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2334 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2335 solib breakpoints.) */
2337 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2342 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2343 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2345 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2347 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2351 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2352 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2353 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2354 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2355 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2356 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2357 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
2361 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2363 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2365 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2366 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2368 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2369 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2371 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2372 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2373 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2375 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2379 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
2381 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2385 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2386 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2387 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2388 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2389 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2392 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2395 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2397 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2398 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2401 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2402 This should not ever happen. */
2403 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2405 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2406 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2408 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2409 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2410 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2412 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2413 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2414 || b
->section
== NULL
2415 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2417 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2419 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2420 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2422 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2426 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2427 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2428 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2430 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2431 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2433 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2434 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2435 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2436 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2437 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2439 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2440 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2442 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2443 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2446 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2447 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2448 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2449 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2450 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2451 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2454 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2455 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2456 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2457 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2458 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2465 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2470 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2471 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2472 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2473 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2478 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2480 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2485 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2486 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2487 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2489 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2490 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2491 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2494 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2495 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2498 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2500 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2503 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2510 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2513 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2515 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2516 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2519 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2520 This should not ever happen. */
2521 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2523 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2525 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2527 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2529 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2533 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2536 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2538 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2540 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2541 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2545 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2546 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2548 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2551 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2552 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2553 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2558 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2560 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2561 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2563 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2565 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2567 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2570 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2572 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2573 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2579 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2586 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2587 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2590 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2592 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2594 case bp_shlib_event
:
2596 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2597 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2598 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2599 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2600 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2602 (gdb) file prog-linux
2603 (gdb) run # native linux target
2606 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2607 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2610 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2614 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2615 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2616 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2618 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2619 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2620 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2621 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2623 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2624 in insert_breakpoints. */
2626 value_free (b
->val
);
2636 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2637 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2638 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2639 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2642 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2643 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2644 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2645 match, not program space. */
2647 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2648 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2649 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2650 permanent breakpoint.
2651 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2652 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2653 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2654 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2655 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2657 enum breakpoint_here
2658 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2660 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2661 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2665 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2666 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2669 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2670 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2671 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2674 if (overlay_debugging
2675 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2676 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2677 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2678 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2679 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2681 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2685 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2688 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2691 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2693 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2696 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2697 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2704 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2705 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2706 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2707 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2710 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2712 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2716 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2717 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2721 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2724 if (overlay_debugging
2725 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2726 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2727 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2735 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2736 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2739 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2741 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2744 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2750 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2754 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2756 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2757 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2759 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2761 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2765 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2768 if (overlay_debugging
2769 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2770 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2771 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2777 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2778 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2785 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2786 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2788 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2792 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2794 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2795 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2798 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2801 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2802 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2806 /* Check for intersection. */
2807 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2808 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2816 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2817 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2820 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2823 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2824 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2828 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2830 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2831 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2834 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2835 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2838 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2842 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2844 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2845 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2846 it is now time to do so. */
2848 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2849 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2853 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2855 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2856 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2857 it is now time to do so. */
2859 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2860 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2876 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2880 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2882 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2886 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2888 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2889 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2890 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
2894 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2895 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2898 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2915 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2916 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2919 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2923 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2928 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2930 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2931 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2932 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
2933 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2935 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2936 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2940 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2950 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2953 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2958 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2960 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2966 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2967 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2968 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2970 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2971 step_resume breakpoint.
2973 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2975 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2979 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2981 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2983 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2985 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2986 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2987 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2988 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2989 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2992 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2996 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2997 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2998 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2999 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3000 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3001 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3003 Return 1 otherwise. */
3006 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3008 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3011 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3013 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
3014 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
3015 this function might return the same number more
3016 than once and this will look ugly. */
3017 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
3018 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3020 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3022 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3026 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3029 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3031 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3034 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3035 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3037 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3043 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3046 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3048 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3050 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3052 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3053 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3054 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3055 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3060 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3063 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
3065 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3067 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3070 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
3071 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
3072 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
3073 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3075 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3076 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3077 bpstat of the current thread. */
3080 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3083 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3086 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3088 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3091 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3092 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3094 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3097 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3098 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3100 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3101 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3102 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3104 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3106 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3107 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3108 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3109 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3110 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3111 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3112 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3113 the tree when we're done. */
3114 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3115 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3117 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3118 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3119 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3123 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3125 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3131 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3132 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3134 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3136 if (target_can_async_p ())
3137 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3138 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3139 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3142 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3143 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3144 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3145 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3146 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3147 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3148 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3149 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3150 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3151 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3152 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3153 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3154 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3159 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3164 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3166 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3167 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3168 && target_has_execution
3169 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3170 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3171 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3172 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3173 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3174 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3175 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
3179 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3182 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3185 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3188 struct value_print_options opts
;
3189 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3190 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3194 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3195 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3196 by having it set different print_it values.
3198 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3199 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3200 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3201 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3202 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3204 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3205 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3206 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3207 don't print anything else.
3208 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3209 that something to be followed by a location.
3210 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3211 that something to be followed by a location.
3212 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3215 static enum print_stop_action
3216 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3218 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3220 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3221 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3223 enum print_stop_action result
;
3225 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3226 which has since been deleted. */
3227 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3228 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3229 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3232 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3233 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3238 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3239 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3240 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3241 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3244 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3246 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3248 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3249 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3251 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3252 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3253 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3255 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3256 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3257 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3260 case bp_shlib_event
:
3261 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3262 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3263 to shlib event" message.) */
3264 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3265 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3268 case bp_thread_event
:
3269 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3270 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3271 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3272 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3275 case bp_overlay_event
:
3276 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3277 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3278 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3281 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3282 /* These should never be enabled. */
3283 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3284 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3287 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3288 /* These should never be enabled. */
3289 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3290 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3294 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3295 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3296 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3299 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3301 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3302 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3303 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3304 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3305 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3306 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3307 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3308 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3309 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3310 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3313 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3314 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3317 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3319 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3320 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3321 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3322 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3323 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3324 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3327 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3328 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3330 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3331 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3334 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3336 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3337 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3338 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3339 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3340 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3345 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3348 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3349 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3350 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3352 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3353 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3354 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3355 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3358 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3365 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3366 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3370 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3373 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3374 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3379 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3380 case bp_step_resume
:
3381 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3383 case bp_std_terminate
:
3385 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3388 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3392 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3396 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3397 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3398 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3399 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3402 static enum print_stop_action
3403 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3405 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3408 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3409 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3413 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3414 relevant messages. */
3415 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3418 case print_it_normal
:
3420 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3421 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3423 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3424 print_it_typical. */
3425 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3426 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3427 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3429 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3434 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3435 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3440 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3441 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3442 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3443 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3444 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3445 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3448 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3449 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3450 code to print the location. An example is
3451 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3453 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3454 to also print the location part of the message.
3455 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3456 don't require a location appended to the end.
3457 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3458 further info to be printed.*/
3460 enum print_stop_action
3461 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3465 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3466 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3467 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3468 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3469 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3471 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3472 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3473 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3474 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3478 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3479 with and nothing was printed. */
3480 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3483 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3484 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3485 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3486 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3489 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3491 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3492 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3493 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3497 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3500 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3504 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3506 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3507 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3508 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3509 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3511 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3515 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3516 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3519 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3521 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3523 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3525 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3527 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3528 as not triggered. */
3530 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3531 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3532 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3533 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3538 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3540 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3541 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3543 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3544 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3545 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3546 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3548 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3551 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3552 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3556 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3557 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3558 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3560 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3563 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3564 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3565 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3567 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3571 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3579 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3580 because of check_errors). */
3581 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3582 #define WP_DELETED 1
3583 /* The value has changed. */
3584 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3585 /* The value has not changed. */
3586 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3587 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3590 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3591 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3593 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3595 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3596 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3599 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3601 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3602 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3603 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3604 int within_current_scope
;
3606 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3608 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3609 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3610 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3611 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3614 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3615 within_current_scope
= 1;
3618 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3619 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3620 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3622 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3623 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3624 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3625 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3626 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3627 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3628 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3629 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3630 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3633 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3634 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3636 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3637 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3638 if (within_current_scope
)
3640 struct symbol
*function
;
3642 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3643 if (function
== NULL
3644 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3645 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3646 within_current_scope
= 0;
3649 if (within_current_scope
)
3650 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3651 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3656 if (within_current_scope
)
3658 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3659 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3660 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3661 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3663 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3664 struct value
*new_val
;
3666 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3668 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3669 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3670 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3671 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3672 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3674 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3676 release_value (new_val
);
3677 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3679 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3682 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3686 /* Nothing changed. */
3687 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3688 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3693 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3694 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3695 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3696 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3697 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3698 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3699 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3700 the first value assigned). */
3701 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3702 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3703 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3704 information here. */
3705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3707 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3709 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3710 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3711 which its expression is valid.\n");
3713 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3715 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3716 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
3717 b
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
3719 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3725 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3726 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3727 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3729 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3730 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3732 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3734 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3736 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
3739 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3740 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3741 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3742 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3743 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3744 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3746 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3749 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3750 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3751 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3755 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3756 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3757 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3758 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3759 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3760 (did not match the data address). */
3762 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3763 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3764 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3765 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3768 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3770 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3772 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3773 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3774 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3778 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3780 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3781 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3788 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3789 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3792 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3794 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3795 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3797 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3798 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3799 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3800 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3804 int must_check_value
= 0;
3806 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3807 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3809 must_check_value
= 1;
3810 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3811 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3812 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3814 must_check_value
= 1;
3815 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3816 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3817 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3818 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3819 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3820 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3821 must_check_value
= 1;
3823 if (must_check_value
)
3825 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3827 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3828 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3830 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3834 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3835 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3839 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3842 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3843 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3845 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3847 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3848 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3849 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3850 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3851 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3852 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3853 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3856 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both
3857 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3860 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data
3861 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3862 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3863 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3865 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read
3866 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3867 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3870 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3871 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3872 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3873 changes. This still gives false positives when
3874 the program writes the same value to memory as
3875 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3876 it for a read), but it's much better than
3879 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3881 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3883 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3885 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3886 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3887 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3888 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
3889 == watch_triggered_yes
))
3891 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3896 if (other_write_watchpoint
3897 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3899 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3900 and the value changed since the last time we
3901 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3903 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3908 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3909 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3910 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3912 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3913 the value hasn't changed. */
3914 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3922 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3923 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3924 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3925 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3926 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3927 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3928 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3932 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3934 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3935 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3936 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3937 anything for this watchpoint. */
3938 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3945 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3946 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3947 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3949 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3951 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3952 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3953 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3955 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3956 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3960 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3961 struct expression
*cond
;
3963 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3964 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3965 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3967 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3968 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3970 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3975 if (cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3977 int within_current_scope
= 1;
3979 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3980 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3981 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3982 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3984 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3986 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3987 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3988 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3989 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3990 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3992 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3993 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3996 struct frame_info
*frame
;
3998 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
3999 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4000 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4001 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4002 really matter which instantiation of the function
4003 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4004 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4005 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4006 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4007 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4008 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4009 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4010 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4012 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4014 select_frame (frame
);
4016 within_current_scope
= 0;
4018 if (within_current_scope
)
4020 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4021 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4025 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4026 "in the current scope"));
4027 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4028 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4031 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
4032 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4035 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4039 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4043 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4046 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4048 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
4056 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4057 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4059 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4060 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
4062 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4064 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4066 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4067 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4068 several reasons concurrently.)
4070 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4071 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4074 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4075 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4077 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4078 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4079 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4080 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
4081 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
4082 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4083 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
4085 int need_remove_insert
;
4087 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
4088 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
4089 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
4093 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4096 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4098 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
4099 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
4100 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
4101 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
4103 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4106 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4109 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4112 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
4114 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
4116 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
4117 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
4122 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4126 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4127 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4128 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
4129 /* We do not stop for these. */
4132 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4138 /* We will stop here */
4139 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4141 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4142 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4143 update_global_location_list (0);
4147 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4148 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4149 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4150 if (bs
->commands_left
4151 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4154 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4156 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4161 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4162 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4163 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4167 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4169 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
4172 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
4173 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4176 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4180 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
4182 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4183 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4184 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4186 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4190 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4192 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4194 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
4195 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
4197 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4198 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
4199 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
4200 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
4201 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4204 if (need_remove_insert
)
4205 update_global_location_list (1);
4207 return root_bs
->next
;
4210 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
4212 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
4214 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
4217 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
4220 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
4223 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
4226 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
4229 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
4232 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
4235 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
4238 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
4241 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
4244 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
4247 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
4250 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
4254 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
4255 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
4256 enum bpstat_what codes. */
4257 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
4258 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
4259 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
4260 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
4261 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
4262 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
4263 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
4264 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
4265 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
4267 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
4268 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
4269 a bit confused, not unusable. */
4270 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
4272 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
4273 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
4274 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
4275 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
4276 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
4277 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
4278 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
4280 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
4281 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
4282 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
4283 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
4286 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
4287 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
4288 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
4289 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
4296 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
4297 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
4298 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
4299 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
4300 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
4302 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
4303 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
4304 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
4306 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
4307 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
4310 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
4311 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4312 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4313 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4314 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4315 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4316 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4317 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4318 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4319 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
4320 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
4321 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
4335 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4336 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4338 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4339 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4341 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
4342 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4343 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
4344 which has since been deleted. */
4346 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
4347 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4349 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
4355 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4361 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
4363 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4366 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4369 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4370 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4371 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4375 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
4377 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
4380 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4381 This requires no further action. */
4382 bs_class
= no_effect
;
4385 bs_class
= long_jump
;
4387 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4388 bs_class
= long_resume
;
4390 case bp_step_resume
:
4393 bs_class
= step_resume
;
4396 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4397 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4399 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4400 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4402 case bp_shlib_event
:
4403 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
4406 bs_class
= jit_event
;
4408 case bp_thread_event
:
4409 case bp_overlay_event
:
4410 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4411 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4412 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4418 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
4420 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4423 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4424 This requires no further action. */
4425 bs_class
= no_effect
;
4428 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4429 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4430 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4431 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4433 case bp_std_terminate
:
4434 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4435 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4436 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4437 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4440 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4441 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4442 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4444 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4445 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4448 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
4450 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
4454 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4455 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4456 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4459 bpstat_should_step (void)
4461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4463 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4469 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4471 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4480 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4482 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4483 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4485 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
4487 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4489 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4493 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4495 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4498 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4502 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4503 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4504 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
4505 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
4507 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4508 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4510 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4512 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4513 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4516 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4519 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4523 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4525 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4528 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4530 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4533 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4535 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4536 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4538 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4539 int print_address_bits
,
4542 struct command_line
*l
;
4544 struct ep_type_description
4549 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4551 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4552 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4553 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4554 {bp_until
, "until"},
4555 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4556 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4557 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4558 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4559 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4560 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4561 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4562 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4563 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4564 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4565 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4566 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4567 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4568 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4569 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4570 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4571 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4572 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4573 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4574 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4577 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4578 char wrap_indent
[80];
4579 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4580 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4581 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4583 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4584 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4585 struct value_print_options opts
;
4587 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4589 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4590 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4591 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4595 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4596 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4601 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4605 if (part_of_multiple
)
4608 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4609 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4614 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4619 if (part_of_multiple
)
4620 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4623 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4624 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4625 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4626 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4628 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4633 if (part_of_multiple
)
4634 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4636 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4641 if (part_of_multiple
)
4642 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4644 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4645 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4646 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4650 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4651 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4653 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4654 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4656 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4659 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4661 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4662 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4663 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4664 just one location. */
4665 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4666 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4672 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4673 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4677 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4678 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4679 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4680 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4681 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4682 is relatively readable). */
4683 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4684 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4686 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4690 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4694 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4695 case bp_step_resume
:
4696 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4698 case bp_std_terminate
:
4699 case bp_shlib_event
:
4700 case bp_thread_event
:
4701 case bp_overlay_event
:
4702 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4703 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4705 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4707 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4710 if (header_of_multiple
)
4711 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4712 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4713 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4715 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4716 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4719 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4720 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4727 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4730 && !header_of_multiple
4732 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4733 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4734 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4735 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4737 struct inferior
*inf
;
4740 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4742 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4747 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4750 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4751 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4756 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4758 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4760 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4761 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4762 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4763 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4765 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4767 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4768 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4772 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4774 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4777 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4778 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4780 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4781 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4782 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4785 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4787 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4788 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4789 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4791 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
4792 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4794 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4795 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4796 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4799 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4801 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4802 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4803 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4804 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4807 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4809 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4810 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4811 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4813 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4814 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4815 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4816 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4817 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4819 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4822 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4823 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4824 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4825 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4826 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4828 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4831 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4832 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4833 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4836 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4837 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4839 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4842 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4843 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4844 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4847 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4849 annotate_field (10);
4850 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4851 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4852 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4855 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4858 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4859 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4860 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4863 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4864 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4868 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4869 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4872 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4873 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4875 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4876 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4877 locations, if any. */
4878 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4880 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4881 disabled, we print it as if it had
4882 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4883 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4885 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4886 several locations internally, that's no a property
4889 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4890 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4891 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4893 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4895 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4896 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4897 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4903 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4905 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4906 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4908 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4912 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
4913 an address to print. */
4914 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
4917 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4918 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4919 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4922 return print_address_bits
;
4925 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4931 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4933 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4934 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4935 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4938 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4940 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4941 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4949 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4951 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4953 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4955 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4956 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4962 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4963 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4966 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4968 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4969 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4970 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4971 || tracepoint_type (b
)
4972 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4973 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4974 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4975 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4978 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4979 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4980 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4983 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4985 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4986 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4987 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4988 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4989 struct value_print_options opts
;
4990 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4992 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4994 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4995 size required for address fields. */
4996 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4999 || bnum
== b
->number
)
5001 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
5003 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5004 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5005 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5007 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5011 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5013 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5017 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5020 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5021 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5022 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5024 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5025 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5027 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5028 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5030 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5031 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5033 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5034 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5036 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5038 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5039 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
5041 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
5043 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5045 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5046 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5047 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5048 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5054 || bnum
== b
->number
)
5056 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5058 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
5059 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
5063 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5065 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5068 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5070 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
5075 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5076 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5079 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5080 there have been breakpoints? */
5081 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5085 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5090 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
5092 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
5096 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5101 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
5103 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
5107 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5108 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5109 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5111 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5112 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5114 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5115 && bl
->address
== pc
5116 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5122 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5123 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5127 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5128 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5129 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5132 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5135 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5139 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5140 else /* if (others == ???) */
5141 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5143 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5146 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5147 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5148 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5149 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5150 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5151 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5152 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5153 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5154 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5156 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5160 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5162 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5163 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5164 printf_filtered (".\n");
5168 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5169 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5172 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5173 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5176 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5177 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5178 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5179 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5180 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5183 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5184 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5185 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5186 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5188 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
5189 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
5190 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
5198 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5200 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5202 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5205 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5206 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5209 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5211 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5212 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5213 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5214 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5215 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5216 become hw_access locations later. */
5217 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5218 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5219 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5220 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5223 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5224 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5225 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5226 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5229 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5230 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5232 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5233 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5237 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5238 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5239 represent the same location. */
5242 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5244 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5245 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5247 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5250 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5252 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5253 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
5257 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5258 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5263 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5264 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5266 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5267 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5269 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5272 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
5273 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
5274 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
5275 this function is simply the identity function. */
5278 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5279 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5281 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5283 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5286 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5287 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5288 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5289 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5290 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5292 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5293 have their addresses modified. */
5298 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5300 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5301 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5302 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5304 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5305 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5307 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5308 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5310 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5314 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5316 static struct bp_location
*
5317 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5319 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
5321 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5322 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5326 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5335 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5336 case bp_step_resume
:
5337 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5339 case bp_std_terminate
:
5340 case bp_shlib_event
:
5341 case bp_thread_event
:
5342 case bp_overlay_event
:
5344 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5345 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5346 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5348 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5349 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5351 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5352 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5353 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5354 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5359 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5360 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5363 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5369 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5374 if (loc
->function_name
)
5375 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5380 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5381 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5382 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
5384 static struct breakpoint
*
5385 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5388 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
5390 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
5391 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5394 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5395 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5396 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5398 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5401 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5403 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5404 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5405 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5406 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5408 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5410 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
5411 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
5412 of increasing numbers. */
5414 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5416 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5426 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5428 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5430 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5431 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5432 || tracepoint_type (loc
->owner
))
5434 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
5436 if (loc
->function_name
)
5437 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5441 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5442 static struct gdbarch
*
5443 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5446 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5448 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5453 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5454 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5455 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5456 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5457 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5458 is also returned as the value of this function.
5460 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5461 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5462 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5463 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5464 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5465 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5466 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5469 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5470 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5472 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
5473 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5474 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5476 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5478 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5480 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5481 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5483 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5484 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5485 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5486 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5487 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5488 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5489 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
5491 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5492 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5493 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5494 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5495 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5497 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5498 breakpoint resetting. */
5499 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5501 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5502 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5504 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5505 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5506 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5508 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
5510 breakpoints_changed ();
5516 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5517 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5519 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5521 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5522 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5524 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5525 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5526 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5527 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5528 but it's easy to implmement. */
5529 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5533 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5534 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5535 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5538 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5540 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5542 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5543 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5544 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5545 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5547 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5548 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5550 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5551 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5552 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5556 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5558 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5560 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5562 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5563 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5565 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5566 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5571 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5573 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5576 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5578 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5579 update_global_location_list (1);
5580 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5585 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5587 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5590 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5592 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5593 update_global_location_list (0);
5594 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5598 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5599 master breakpoint. */
5601 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5603 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5606 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5607 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
5609 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5610 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
5614 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5616 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5618 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5621 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
5622 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5626 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5628 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5630 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5632 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5633 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5635 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5637 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5643 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5645 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5648 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5649 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5650 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5653 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5656 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5657 char ***addr_string_p
;
5661 struct lang_and_radix
5667 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5670 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5672 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5674 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5675 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5680 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5682 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5685 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5686 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5687 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5691 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5693 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5695 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5696 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5700 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5701 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5704 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5706 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5710 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5711 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5712 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5713 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5714 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5715 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5716 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5717 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
5718 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5719 || (tracepoint_type (b
)))
5720 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5721 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5723 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5725 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5729 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5734 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5735 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5738 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5740 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5741 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5743 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5744 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5745 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5746 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5747 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5748 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5751 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5753 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5754 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5755 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5756 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5757 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5758 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5759 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
5760 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5761 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5763 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5764 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5765 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5766 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5768 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5770 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5771 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5774 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5779 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5781 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5784 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5786 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5789 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5792 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5794 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5797 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5801 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5803 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5806 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5808 static enum print_stop_action
5809 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5811 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5812 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5813 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5814 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5817 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5820 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5822 struct value_print_options opts
;
5824 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5826 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5827 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5828 is relatively readable). */
5829 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5830 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5832 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5833 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5835 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5836 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5837 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5838 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5842 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5846 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5848 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5851 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5853 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5857 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5858 print_it_catch_fork
,
5859 print_one_catch_fork
,
5860 print_mention_catch_fork
5863 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5866 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5868 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5871 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5874 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5876 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5879 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5883 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5885 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5888 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5890 static enum print_stop_action
5891 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5893 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5894 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5895 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5896 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5899 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5902 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5904 struct value_print_options opts
;
5906 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5907 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5908 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5909 is relatively readable). */
5910 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5911 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5913 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5914 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5916 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5917 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5918 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5919 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5923 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5927 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5929 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5932 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5934 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5938 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5939 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5940 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5941 print_mention_catch_vfork
5944 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5948 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5950 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5952 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5953 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5954 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5959 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5963 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5965 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5966 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5968 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5969 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5971 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5972 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5974 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5975 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5979 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5980 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5981 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5982 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5983 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5986 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5990 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5992 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5994 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5995 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5996 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6001 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6005 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6006 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6008 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6009 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6013 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6014 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6015 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6016 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6017 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6020 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6024 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6026 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
6027 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
6028 syscall we are catching. */
6029 int syscall_number
= 0;
6031 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6034 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6035 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6039 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6041 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6051 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6054 static enum print_stop_action
6055 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6057 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6058 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6059 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6060 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6062 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6064 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6067 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6069 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6071 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6074 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6076 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6078 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6080 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6081 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6082 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6083 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6084 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6085 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6087 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6089 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6092 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6096 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6097 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6099 struct value_print_options opts
;
6101 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6102 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6103 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6104 is relatively readable). */
6105 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6106 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6109 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6110 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6111 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6115 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6118 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6120 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6125 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6128 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6130 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6132 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6133 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6137 /* Remove the last comma. */
6138 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6139 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6142 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6143 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6146 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6150 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6152 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6156 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6157 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6159 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6162 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6166 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6169 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6171 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6173 printf_filtered (")");
6176 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6180 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6182 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6184 insert_catch_syscall
,
6185 remove_catch_syscall
,
6186 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6187 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6188 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6189 print_mention_catch_syscall
6192 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6195 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6197 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6200 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6201 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6202 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6203 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6205 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6206 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6207 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6208 to the catchpoint. */
6210 static struct breakpoint
*
6211 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6213 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6215 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6216 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6219 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6221 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6222 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6223 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6225 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6227 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6228 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6229 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6235 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6237 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6238 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6239 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6240 to the catchpoint. */
6242 static struct breakpoint
*
6243 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6244 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6246 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6247 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6250 update_global_location_list (1);
6256 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6257 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6258 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6260 struct breakpoint
*b
6261 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6263 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6265 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6268 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6271 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6273 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6277 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6279 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6283 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6285 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
6288 static enum print_stop_action
6289 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6291 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6292 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6294 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6298 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6300 struct value_print_options opts
;
6302 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6304 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6305 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6306 is relatively readable). */
6307 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6308 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6310 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6311 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6313 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6314 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6315 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6320 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6322 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6325 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6329 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6330 print_it_catch_exec
,
6331 print_one_catch_exec
,
6332 print_mention_catch_exec
6336 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6337 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6339 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6340 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6341 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6343 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6345 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6348 update_global_location_list (1);
6352 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6354 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6359 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6367 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6369 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6372 *other_type_used
= 0;
6375 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6377 if (b
->type
== type
)
6379 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6380 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
6381 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
6382 *other_type_used
= 1;
6389 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6391 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6395 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
6396 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
6397 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
6398 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
6399 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6401 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
6402 update_global_location_list (0);
6408 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6410 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6414 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
6415 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
6416 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
6417 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
6418 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
6420 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6421 update_global_location_list (1);
6427 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6429 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6434 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6437 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6438 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6439 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6441 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6447 update_global_location_list (0);
6449 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
6453 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6455 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6458 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
6462 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6465 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6466 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6467 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
6469 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6475 breakpoint_re_set ();
6479 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6480 at address specified by SAL.
6481 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6484 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
6485 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
6487 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6489 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6491 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
6493 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6494 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6495 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6496 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
6498 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
6499 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
6500 single thread of control. */
6501 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
6502 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
6504 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6509 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6513 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
6515 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
6517 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6521 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
6522 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
6523 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
6525 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
6526 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
6527 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
6528 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
6529 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
6531 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
6532 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
6534 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
6536 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
6537 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
6538 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
6539 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
6541 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6542 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6543 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
6545 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6550 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6553 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6555 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
6557 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
6558 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6560 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
6564 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6567 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6570 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6571 struct value_print_options opts
;
6573 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6575 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6576 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6577 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6578 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6579 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6581 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6582 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6587 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6590 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6591 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6592 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6593 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6594 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6595 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6597 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6598 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6599 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6600 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6601 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6602 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6603 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6605 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6606 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6607 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6608 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6609 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6610 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6611 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6613 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6614 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6615 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6616 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6617 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6618 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6619 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6622 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6627 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6628 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6630 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6631 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6634 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6635 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6640 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6644 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6649 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6650 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6653 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6654 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6659 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6660 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6667 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6668 case bp_step_resume
:
6670 case bp_std_terminate
:
6671 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6672 case bp_shlib_event
:
6673 case bp_thread_event
:
6674 case bp_overlay_event
:
6676 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6677 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6683 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6687 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6691 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6693 printf_filtered (" at ");
6694 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6698 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6699 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6703 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6705 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6707 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6714 printf_filtered ("\n");
6718 static struct bp_location
*
6719 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6720 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6722 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6724 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6725 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6728 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6730 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6731 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6732 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6733 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6734 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6735 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6736 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6738 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6743 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6744 return 0 otherwise. */
6747 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6751 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6752 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6753 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6756 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6758 addr
= loc
->address
;
6759 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6761 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6765 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6767 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6768 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6769 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6770 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6772 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6773 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6775 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6776 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6779 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6786 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6787 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6788 as condition expression. */
6791 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6792 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6794 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6795 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6796 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6798 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6801 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6803 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6804 int target_resources_ok
=
6805 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6807 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6808 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6809 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6810 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6813 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6815 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6817 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6818 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6822 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6824 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6826 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6827 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6832 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6833 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6834 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6838 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6839 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6840 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6841 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6843 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6845 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6846 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6847 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6848 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6854 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6857 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6858 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6862 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6863 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6865 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6870 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6872 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6875 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6881 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6882 elements to fill the void space. */
6884 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6886 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6887 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6889 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6890 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6895 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6896 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6897 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6898 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6899 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6900 single expanded sal, return the original.
6902 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6903 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6904 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6905 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6906 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6908 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6909 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6911 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6912 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6913 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6916 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6918 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6919 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6920 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6923 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6924 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6930 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6932 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6934 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6936 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6937 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6939 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6941 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6942 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6943 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6945 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6946 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6947 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6948 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6949 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6953 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6955 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6956 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6958 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6959 char *this_function
;
6961 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6963 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6965 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6966 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6969 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6971 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6978 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6979 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6980 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6982 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6984 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6986 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6987 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6988 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6989 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6991 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6992 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6993 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7000 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7001 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7012 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7013 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7014 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7015 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7016 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7017 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7018 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7019 we take just a single condition string.
7021 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7022 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7023 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7024 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7025 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7028 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7029 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
7031 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7032 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7033 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7037 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7039 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7040 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7042 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
7043 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7044 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
7048 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7049 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7050 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7051 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
7054 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7055 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7056 char ***addr_string
,
7059 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7060 *addr_string
= NULL
;
7061 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7063 if ((*address
) == NULL
7064 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7066 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7068 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7069 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
7070 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7071 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7072 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7073 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7074 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7075 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7076 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7078 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
7079 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
7080 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
7081 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
7083 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7085 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7089 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7093 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7094 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
7095 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
7096 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7097 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7098 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7100 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7102 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7104 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7105 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7106 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7107 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
7110 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7111 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
7113 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7114 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
7115 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
7116 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7119 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7121 /* Add the string if not present. */
7122 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
7123 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
7129 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7130 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7133 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7137 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7138 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7141 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7142 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7143 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7144 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7145 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7149 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7150 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7153 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7155 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7157 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7159 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7161 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7163 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7166 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7167 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7169 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7174 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
7176 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
7178 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
7179 args
->not_found_ptr
);
7182 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7183 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7184 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7185 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7186 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7187 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7189 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7190 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7192 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7198 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7199 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7200 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7205 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7208 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7210 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7212 struct expression
*expr
;
7214 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7215 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7218 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7219 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7221 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7227 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7229 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7230 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7231 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7233 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7239 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7241 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7242 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7243 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7246 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7250 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7251 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7252 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7253 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7254 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
7255 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
7256 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
7257 was created; false otherwise. */
7260 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7261 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7262 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7263 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
7265 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7266 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7270 struct gdb_exception e
;
7271 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7272 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
7275 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7277 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7278 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7279 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
7283 enum bptype type_wanted
;
7285 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7291 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
7292 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
7293 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
7294 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
7296 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
7297 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
7299 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7303 throw_exception (e
);
7307 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7309 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7312 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7313 throw_exception (e
);
7315 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7317 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7318 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7319 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7320 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
7323 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7324 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7325 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7326 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7327 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
7328 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
7330 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
7335 throw_exception (e
);
7342 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7343 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7347 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7348 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
7350 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
7351 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
7354 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7355 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7356 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7357 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7358 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7360 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
7361 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7362 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7364 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
7365 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
7368 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7369 are ok for the target. */
7371 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
7373 type_wanted
= (traceflag
7374 ? (hardwareflag
? bp_fast_tracepoint
: bp_tracepoint
)
7375 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
7377 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7378 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
7379 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
7381 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7382 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7386 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
7388 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7389 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7390 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7391 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7394 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
7397 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7401 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7404 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
7405 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7408 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
,
7409 type_wanted
, tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7410 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
7415 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
7416 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7418 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7420 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
7421 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7422 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7424 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
7425 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7426 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7427 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7428 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7430 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7431 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7433 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7434 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7435 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7436 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7443 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
7444 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7445 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
7448 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7450 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7451 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7452 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7454 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7455 update_global_location_list (1);
7460 /* Set a breakpoint.
7461 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7462 condition, and thread.
7463 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7464 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7468 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7470 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
7471 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7473 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7475 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7476 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7477 0 /* Ignore count */,
7478 pending_break_support
,
7479 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
7486 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7489 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7493 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7495 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7496 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7497 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7500 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7501 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7502 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7503 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7506 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7508 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7512 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7515 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7518 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7519 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7523 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7524 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7525 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7528 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
7529 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7531 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
7533 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
7535 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
7537 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7544 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7546 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7550 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7552 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7556 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7558 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7562 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7564 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7568 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7570 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7571 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7572 stop at <line>\n"));
7576 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7580 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7582 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7587 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7588 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7589 function/method name */
7590 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7592 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7597 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7599 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7603 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7605 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7609 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7613 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7620 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7621 it is probably a line number. */
7622 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7624 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7629 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7631 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7635 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7637 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7640 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7641 hw_read: watch read,
7642 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7644 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7646 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7647 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7648 struct expression
*exp
;
7649 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
7650 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7651 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7652 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7653 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7654 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7656 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7657 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7658 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7659 enum bptype bp_type
;
7663 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7664 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7666 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7668 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7669 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7671 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7672 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7673 be the thread identifier. */
7674 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7676 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7679 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7680 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7682 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7683 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7684 reach a "thread" token. */
7685 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7690 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7693 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7694 calculate the length of the token. */
7696 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7698 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7700 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7701 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7702 only in a specific thread. */
7705 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7706 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7708 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7710 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7711 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7713 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7714 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7715 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7717 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7718 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7719 evaluate_expression() function. */
7724 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7725 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7727 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7729 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7730 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7732 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7735 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7736 mark
= value_mark ();
7737 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7739 release_value (val
);
7742 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7746 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7749 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7750 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7752 struct expression
*cond
;
7754 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7755 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7756 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7758 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
7759 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
7760 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7766 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7768 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7769 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7770 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7771 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7773 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7775 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7776 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7777 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7780 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7781 target_resources_ok
=
7782 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7784 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7785 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7787 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7788 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7791 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7792 watchpoint could not be set. */
7793 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7794 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7796 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7798 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7799 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7800 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7801 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7802 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
7804 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7807 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7808 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7809 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7811 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7813 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7814 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7816 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7817 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7819 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7820 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7821 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7822 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7823 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7824 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7825 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7826 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7827 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7831 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7832 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7833 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7834 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7836 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7838 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7839 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
7840 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7844 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7850 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7851 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7855 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7856 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7859 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7861 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7862 need to act on them together. */
7863 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7864 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7867 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7869 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7870 that should be inserted. */
7871 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7874 update_global_location_list (1);
7877 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7878 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7879 in hardware return zero. */
7882 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7884 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7885 struct value
*head
= v
;
7887 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7888 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7891 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7892 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7893 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7894 hardware watchpoint.
7896 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7897 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7898 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7899 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7900 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7901 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7902 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7903 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7904 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7906 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7907 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7908 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7909 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7910 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7912 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7915 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7916 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7917 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7921 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7922 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7923 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7925 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7926 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7927 middle of some value chain. */
7929 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7930 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7932 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7933 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7935 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7942 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7943 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7944 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7945 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7946 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7949 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7950 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7951 return found_memory_cnt
;
7955 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7957 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7961 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7963 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7967 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7969 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7973 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7975 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7979 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7981 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7985 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7987 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7991 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7992 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7994 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7996 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7997 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
8000 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
8001 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
8002 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
8005 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
8007 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
8009 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
8011 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
8015 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
8017 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8018 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8019 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
8020 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
8021 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
8022 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8024 clear_proceed_status ();
8026 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
8029 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
8030 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
8031 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
8033 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
8034 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
8036 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8037 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
8040 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
8043 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8045 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8048 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
8049 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
8050 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
8051 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
8053 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
8054 at the very same frame. */
8055 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
8056 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
8059 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
8061 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
8064 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
8066 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
8067 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
8068 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
8070 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
8072 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
8075 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
8077 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
8078 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
8079 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
8080 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
8082 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
8084 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
8085 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
8087 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
8088 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
8090 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
8091 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
8092 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
8096 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8100 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
8102 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
8104 while (isspace (**s
))
8108 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
8109 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
8111 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
8112 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
8113 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
8114 if clause in the arg string. */
8117 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
8121 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
8124 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
8127 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
8128 condition string. */
8129 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
8132 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
8133 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
8138 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
8139 process start/exit, etc. */
8143 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
8144 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
8149 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8151 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8152 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8153 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
8156 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
8157 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
8158 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
8162 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8164 /* The allowed syntax is:
8166 catch [v]fork if <cond>
8168 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8169 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
8171 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
8172 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8174 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
8175 and enable reporting of such events. */
8178 case catch_fork_temporary
:
8179 case catch_fork_permanent
:
8180 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
8181 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
8183 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
8184 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
8185 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
8186 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
8189 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
8195 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8197 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8199 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8201 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8205 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8207 /* The allowed syntax is:
8209 catch exec if <cond>
8211 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8212 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
8214 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
8215 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8217 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
8218 and enable reporting of such events. */
8219 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
8220 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
8223 static enum print_stop_action
8224 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8226 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
8228 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8230 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
8231 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
8232 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
8235 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
8237 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
8239 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8240 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8242 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
8243 : " (exception caught), ");
8244 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8247 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8248 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8249 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8255 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8257 struct value_print_options opts
;
8258 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8259 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8262 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8263 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
8265 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
8266 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
8271 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
8272 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
8274 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
8278 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8283 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
8284 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
8285 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
8286 : _("Catchpoint "));
8287 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8288 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
8292 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
8295 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8296 print_exception_catchpoint
,
8297 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
8298 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
8302 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8303 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
8305 char *trigger_func_name
;
8307 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
8308 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
8310 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
8312 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8313 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
8314 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
8317 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
8318 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
8324 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
8327 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
8328 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
8330 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8331 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
8335 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8337 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
8339 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
8340 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8342 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
8343 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
8344 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
8346 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
8349 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
8352 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
8355 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8357 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8358 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8361 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
8364 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8366 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8367 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8370 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
8373 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8374 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8378 struct expression
*cond
,
8379 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8383 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8387 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8389 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8391 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8392 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
8393 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
8394 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
8395 used for different exception names will use the same address.
8396 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
8397 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
8398 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
8399 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
8400 enough for now, though. */
8403 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
8404 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8406 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8407 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8408 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8409 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
8410 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
8411 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
8412 b
->language
= language_ada
;
8413 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8414 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
8419 update_global_location_list (1);
8422 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
8425 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8426 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8428 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8430 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8432 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8433 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
8434 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8435 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
8436 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8438 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8442 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
8443 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
8444 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
8445 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
8449 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
8451 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
8453 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
8454 VEC_free (int, iter
);
8457 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
8458 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
8460 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
8462 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
8463 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
8465 while (*arg
!= '\0')
8467 int i
, syscall_number
;
8472 /* Skip whitespace. */
8473 while (isspace (*arg
))
8476 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
8477 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
8481 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
8482 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
8483 if (*endptr
== '\0')
8484 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
8487 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8489 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
8491 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
8492 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8493 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8495 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
8498 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8499 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
8502 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8506 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8509 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8514 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8516 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8517 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
8518 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8519 this architeture yet."));
8521 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8523 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8525 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8526 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8527 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8528 for his/her architecture. */
8529 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8531 /* The allowed syntax is:
8533 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8535 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8538 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8542 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8543 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8546 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8549 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8551 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8553 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8554 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8555 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8557 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8561 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8562 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8563 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8567 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8569 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8574 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8576 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8579 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8582 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8584 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8585 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8588 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8589 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8594 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8599 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8600 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8601 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8602 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8603 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8604 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8605 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8606 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8607 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8608 error (_("No source file specified."));
8616 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8617 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8618 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8619 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8620 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8622 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8623 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8624 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8625 due to optimization, all in one block.
8626 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8627 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8628 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8629 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8630 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8633 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8634 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8635 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8639 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8641 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8642 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8643 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8646 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8651 1 0 <can't happen> */
8655 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8660 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8661 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8662 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8663 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8664 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8665 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8667 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8668 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8670 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8671 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8672 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8673 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8674 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8675 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8676 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8677 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8678 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8679 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8680 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8681 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8690 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8693 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8694 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8697 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8699 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8702 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8703 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8706 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8707 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8709 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8711 breakpoints_changed ();
8713 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8716 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8717 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8720 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8723 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8724 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8725 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8728 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8730 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8732 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8733 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8734 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8735 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8737 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8741 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8742 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8746 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8747 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8748 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8749 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8750 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8753 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8755 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8756 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8757 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8758 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8760 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8761 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8763 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8764 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8765 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8767 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8768 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8770 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8771 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8772 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8774 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8777 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8778 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8779 the bp_location array. */
8782 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8784 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8786 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8787 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8789 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8791 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8793 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8796 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8797 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8799 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8800 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8801 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8802 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8804 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8806 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8807 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8808 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8809 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8813 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8814 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8815 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8816 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8817 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8818 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8819 returns true on them.
8821 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8822 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8823 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8824 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8825 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8826 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8829 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8831 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8832 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8833 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8835 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8836 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8837 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8838 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8839 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8841 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8842 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8843 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8844 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8846 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8847 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8848 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8849 unsigned old_location_count
;
8851 old_location
= bp_location
;
8852 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8854 bp_location_count
= 0;
8855 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8858 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8859 bp_location_count
++;
8861 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8864 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8866 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8867 bp_location_compare
);
8869 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8871 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8872 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8873 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8874 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8875 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8877 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8878 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8881 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8884 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8885 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8887 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8889 int found_object
= 0;
8890 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8891 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8894 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8895 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8896 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8897 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8901 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8902 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8905 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8912 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8913 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8914 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8915 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8918 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8920 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8922 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8924 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8925 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8930 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8931 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8932 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8934 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8937 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8938 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8941 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8943 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8945 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8946 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8947 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8949 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
8950 access watchpoints, if the former are not
8951 supported, but the latter are. */
8952 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8954 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
8955 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
8958 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8961 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8970 if (!keep_in_target
)
8972 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8974 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8975 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8976 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8979 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8980 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8981 after calling us. */
8982 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8983 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8991 if (removed
&& non_stop
8992 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8993 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8995 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8996 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8997 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8998 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8999 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
9000 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
9001 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
9002 after we see some number of events. The theory here
9003 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
9004 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
9005 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
9006 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
9007 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
9008 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
9011 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
9012 decr_pc_after_break targets.
9014 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
9015 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
9016 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
9017 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
9018 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
9019 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
9020 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
9021 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
9022 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
9023 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
9024 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
9025 targets that do not support new thread events, like
9026 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
9029 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
9030 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
9031 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
9032 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
9034 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
9035 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
9036 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
9037 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
9038 traps we can no longer explain. */
9040 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
9041 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
9043 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
9046 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
9050 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
9051 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
9052 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
9053 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
9054 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
9055 are sorted first for the same address.
9057 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
9058 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
9060 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9061 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9062 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9063 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9064 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
9066 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
9067 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
9069 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
9070 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
9071 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
9073 || loc
->shlib_disabled
9074 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
9075 || tracepoint_type (b
))
9078 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
9079 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
9080 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9081 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
9082 "actually inserted"));
9084 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
9085 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
9086 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
9087 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
9088 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9089 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
9091 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
9093 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
9094 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
9095 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
9104 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
9105 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9106 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9107 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
9108 "a permanent breakpoint"));
9111 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
9112 && (have_live_inferiors ()
9113 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
9114 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
9116 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9120 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
9122 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9125 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
9126 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
9128 free_bp_location (loc
);
9129 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
9135 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
9137 struct gdb_exception e
;
9138 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9139 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
9142 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
9144 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9147 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
9148 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
9150 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
9152 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
9156 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
9158 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
9160 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
9161 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
9165 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
9169 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9171 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9172 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
9174 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
9176 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
9177 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
9179 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
9180 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
9181 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
9182 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
9183 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
9185 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
9186 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
9187 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
9188 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
9189 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
9192 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
9193 breakpoints gets resolved. */
9194 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9196 gdb_assert (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== bpt
);
9197 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
9198 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9199 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9202 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
9204 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
9205 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
9210 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
9214 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
9215 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
9216 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
9217 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
9219 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
9220 value_free (bpt
->val
);
9221 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
9222 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
9223 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
9225 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
9226 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
9227 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
9228 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
9229 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
9230 if we remove it here, then the later call to
9231 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
9232 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
9233 with commands won't work. */
9235 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
9237 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
9238 list, update the global location list. This
9239 will remove locations that used to belong to
9240 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
9241 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
9242 looks at location's owner. It might be better
9243 design to have location completely self-contained,
9244 but it's not the case now. */
9245 update_global_location_list (0);
9248 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
9249 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
9250 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
9256 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
9258 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9262 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9264 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
9267 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
9268 delete_breakpoint. */
9271 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
9273 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9277 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9279 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9285 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9287 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9288 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9289 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9292 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
9293 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate
9294 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
9295 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
9296 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
9297 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
9298 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
9299 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate_master
9302 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9307 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9309 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
9311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9313 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
9314 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate
9315 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
9316 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
9317 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
9318 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
9319 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
9320 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate_master
9322 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9327 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
9331 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9333 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9334 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9339 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
9340 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
9341 Null names are ignored. */
9344 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9346 struct bp_location
*l
;
9347 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
9348 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
9349 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
9351 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9354 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
9356 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
9360 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
9362 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
9377 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9378 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
9382 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
9384 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
9385 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
9386 the common case where all locations are in the same
9387 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
9388 retain the location, so that when the library
9389 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
9390 status of the individual locations. */
9391 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
9396 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9398 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
9399 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
9401 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
9403 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
9405 struct gdb_exception e
;
9408 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9410 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
9415 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
9416 b
->number
, e
.message
);
9417 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
9421 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
9422 xfree (b
->source_file
);
9423 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
9424 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
9426 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
9428 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
9429 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
9432 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
9433 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9434 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9436 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
9438 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
9439 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
9440 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
9441 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
9442 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
9443 often enough until a better solution is found. */
9444 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
9446 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
9448 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
9450 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
9451 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
9453 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9454 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
9455 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
9463 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9464 if (l
->function_name
9465 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
9475 update_global_location_list (1);
9479 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
9480 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
9481 Unused in this case. */
9484 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
9486 /* get past catch_errs */
9487 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
9491 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
9492 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
9493 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
9495 enum enable_state save_enable
;
9496 struct gdb_exception e
;
9497 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
9502 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9506 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9508 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9509 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
9510 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
9513 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
9515 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
9516 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9520 set_language (b
->language
);
9521 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
9524 save_current_space_and_thread ();
9525 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
9527 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9529 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
9534 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
9535 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
9536 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
9537 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
9538 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
9539 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
9540 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
9542 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
9543 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9544 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
9545 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
9547 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
9549 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9550 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9551 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9552 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9553 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9554 which approach is better. */
9555 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9556 throw_exception (e
);
9562 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9564 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9565 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9567 char *cond_string
= 0;
9571 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9572 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9574 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9577 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9580 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9583 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9584 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9588 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9589 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9590 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9591 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9592 or it can be on local variables.
9594 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9595 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9596 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9599 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9600 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9601 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9602 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9603 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9604 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9606 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9607 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9608 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9609 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9611 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9612 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9614 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9615 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9616 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9618 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9619 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9625 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9627 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9628 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9629 case bp_overlay_event
:
9630 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9631 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
9632 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9635 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9636 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9637 case bp_shlib_event
:
9639 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9640 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9641 case bp_thread_event
:
9643 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9644 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9645 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9646 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9649 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9651 case bp_std_terminate
:
9652 case bp_step_resume
:
9654 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9659 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9663 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9665 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9667 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9668 enum language save_language
;
9669 int save_input_radix
;
9670 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9672 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9673 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9674 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9678 /* Format possible error msg */
9679 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9681 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9682 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9683 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9685 set_language (save_language
);
9686 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9688 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9690 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9692 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9693 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9694 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9695 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9696 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9697 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
9700 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9702 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9703 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9705 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9707 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9709 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9710 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9712 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9713 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9714 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9716 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9720 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9721 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9722 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9725 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9733 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9735 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9739 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9741 else if (count
== 1)
9742 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9745 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9748 breakpoints_changed ();
9749 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9753 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9757 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9759 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9763 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9766 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9772 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9774 num
= get_number (&p
);
9776 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9778 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9780 set_ignore_count (num
,
9781 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9784 printf_filtered ("\n");
9787 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9788 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9791 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
9798 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9802 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9809 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9812 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9817 if (b
->number
== num
)
9819 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9822 if (related_breakpoint
)
9823 function (related_breakpoint
, data
);
9827 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9833 static struct bp_location
*
9834 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9836 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9840 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9841 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9846 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9848 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9851 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9856 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9857 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9860 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9862 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9866 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9869 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9875 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9876 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9877 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9880 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9882 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9883 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9884 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9885 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9888 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9889 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9892 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9894 update_global_location_list (0);
9896 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9899 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
9900 disable_breakpoint. */
9903 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
9905 disable_breakpoint (b
);
9909 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9911 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9917 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9922 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9924 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9926 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9927 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9928 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9929 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9933 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9935 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9938 update_global_location_list (0);
9941 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
9945 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9947 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9950 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9953 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9954 target_resources_ok
=
9955 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9957 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9958 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9959 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9960 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9963 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9964 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9965 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9966 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9968 struct gdb_exception e
;
9970 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9972 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9976 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9982 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9983 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9984 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9985 update_global_location_list (1);
9986 breakpoints_changed ();
9988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9993 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9995 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9998 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
9999 enable_breakpoint. */
10002 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10004 enable_breakpoint (b
);
10007 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
10008 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
10009 in stopping the inferior. */
10012 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10014 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
10016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
10020 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10023 case bp_breakpoint
:
10024 case bp_tracepoint
:
10025 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
10026 case bp_catchpoint
:
10027 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
10028 case bp_watchpoint
:
10029 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10030 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10031 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10032 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
10036 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
10038 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
10041 update_global_location_list (1);
10044 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10048 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
10050 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
10054 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10056 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10060 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
10062 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
10066 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10068 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10072 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10077 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10081 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
10082 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
10086 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
10087 const bfd_byte
*data
)
10089 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
10091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
10092 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
10093 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
10094 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
10096 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10098 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10099 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
10100 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
10101 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
10103 value_free (bp
->val
);
10110 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
10112 struct symtabs_and_lines
10113 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
10115 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10117 error (_("Empty line specification."));
10118 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
10119 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
10120 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
10121 default_breakpoint_line
,
10122 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
10124 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
10125 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
10127 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
10131 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
10132 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
10133 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
10134 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
10138 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10139 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
10141 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
10143 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
10145 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
10146 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
10148 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
10150 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
10158 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
10161 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
10163 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
10166 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
10172 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
10174 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
10175 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
10177 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
10180 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10181 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
10185 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
10187 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
10188 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
10192 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
10193 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
10194 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
10197 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
10198 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
10199 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
10200 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
10201 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
10202 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
10204 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
10205 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
10206 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
10207 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
10210 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
10213 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10215 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
10217 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
10219 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
10220 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
10221 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
10222 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
10224 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
10226 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
10227 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
10228 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
10229 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
10233 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
10236 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
10240 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
10242 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
10244 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
10245 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
10253 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
10254 non-zero otherwise. */
10256 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
10258 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
10259 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
10260 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
10267 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
10269 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
10271 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
10275 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
10277 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
10279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
10280 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
10282 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
10286 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
10288 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
10298 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
10300 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10301 char *text
, char *word
)
10303 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
10304 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
10307 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
10309 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
10311 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
10313 tracepoint_count
= num
;
10314 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
10318 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10320 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10322 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10323 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
10325 0 /* Ignore count */,
10326 pending_break_support
,
10330 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
10334 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10336 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10338 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10339 0 /* tempflag */, 1 /* hardwareflag */,
10341 0 /* Ignore count */,
10342 pending_break_support
,
10346 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
10349 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
10350 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
10352 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
10353 static struct uploaded_string
*next_cmd
;
10356 read_uploaded_action (void)
10363 rslt
= next_cmd
->str
;
10364 next_cmd
= next_cmd
->next
;
10369 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
10370 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
10371 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
10372 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
10373 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
10375 struct breakpoint
*
10376 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
10378 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
10379 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10381 if (utp
->at_string
)
10382 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
10385 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
10386 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
10387 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
10389 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no source location, using raw address"),
10391 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
10392 addr_str
= small_buf
;
10395 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
10396 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
10397 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition has no source form, ignoring it"),
10400 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10402 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
10404 (utp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
) /* hardwareflag */,
10406 0 /* Ignore count */,
10407 pending_break_support
,
10410 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */))
10413 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
10415 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
10416 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
10417 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
10421 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
10423 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
10426 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
10427 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
10428 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
10430 if (utp
->cmd_strings
)
10432 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
10435 next_cmd
= utp
->cmd_strings
;
10437 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
10439 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
10441 else if (utp
->numactions
> 0 || utp
->num_step_actions
> 0)
10442 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions have no source form, ignoring them"),
10448 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
10452 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
10454 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10455 int tps_to_list
= 0;
10457 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
10458 if (tpnum_exp
== 0)
10460 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10462 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10470 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
10475 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
10476 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
10479 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
10480 Not supported by all targets. */
10482 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10484 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10487 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
10488 Not supported by all targets. */
10490 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10492 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10495 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
10497 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10499 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
10505 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10507 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10508 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
10509 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10510 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10512 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10514 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10519 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10521 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
10523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
10525 if (tracepoint_type (b
)
10527 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10532 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10535 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
10537 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
10538 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
10539 Also accepts special argument "all". */
10542 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10544 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
10545 unsigned int count
;
10548 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10549 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
10551 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
10553 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
10556 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
10558 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
10561 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10564 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
10570 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
10571 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
10573 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
10574 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
10576 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
10577 t2
->number
, count
);
10579 if (! all
&& *args
)
10580 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
10586 struct breakpoint
*
10587 get_tracepoint (int num
)
10589 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10591 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10592 if (t
->number
== num
)
10598 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
10599 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
10602 struct breakpoint
*
10603 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
10605 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10607 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10608 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
10614 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
10615 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
10616 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
10617 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
10618 struct breakpoint
*
10619 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
10621 extern int tracepoint_count
;
10622 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10624 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
10626 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
10629 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
10631 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
10634 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
10638 if (instring
&& *instring
)
10639 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
10642 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
10646 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10647 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
10652 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
10653 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
10654 allow us to discover this. */
10655 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
10659 /* save-tracepoints command */
10661 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10663 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10665 struct command_line
*line
;
10668 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10669 struct ui_file
*fp
;
10671 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10672 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
10674 /* See if we have anything to save. */
10675 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10682 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
10686 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
10687 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
10688 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
10690 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
10691 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
10692 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
10694 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
10696 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10698 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10699 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
10701 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
10703 if (tp
->addr_string
)
10704 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
10707 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
10708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
10711 if (tp
->cond_string
)
10712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " if %s", tp
->cond_string
);
10714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
10716 if (tp
->pass_count
)
10717 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10721 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
10723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " actions\n");
10725 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
10726 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10728 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
10730 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
10733 throw_exception (ex
);
10735 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
10739 if (*default_collect
)
10740 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
10742 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10744 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10748 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10750 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10753 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10754 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10756 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10758 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10765 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10766 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10767 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10768 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10769 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10770 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10771 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10772 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10773 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10774 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10775 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10777 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10778 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10780 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10782 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10784 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10785 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10787 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10788 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10790 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10791 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10793 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10794 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10795 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10796 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10797 char *text
, char *word
),
10798 void *user_data_catch
,
10799 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10801 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10803 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10805 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10806 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10807 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10809 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10811 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10812 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10813 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10817 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
10819 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10820 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10821 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10825 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10827 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10828 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10829 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10831 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10832 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10833 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10835 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10836 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10837 before a breakpoint is set. */
10838 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10840 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10842 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10843 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10844 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10846 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10848 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10849 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10850 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10851 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10852 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10853 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10854 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10855 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10857 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10858 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10859 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10860 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10862 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10863 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10864 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10865 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10866 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10868 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10869 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10871 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10872 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10873 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10874 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10876 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10877 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10879 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10880 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10881 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10882 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10884 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10885 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10887 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10888 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10889 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10890 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10891 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10892 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10893 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10895 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10896 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10897 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10898 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10899 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10900 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10902 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10904 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10905 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10906 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10907 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10908 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10909 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10911 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10912 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10913 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10916 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10917 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10918 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10921 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10922 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10923 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10926 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10927 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10928 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10931 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10932 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10933 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10934 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10935 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10936 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10937 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10938 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10940 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10941 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10942 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10943 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10944 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10946 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10947 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10948 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10949 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10950 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10951 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10954 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10955 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10956 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10957 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10959 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10960 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10961 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10962 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10963 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10965 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10966 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10967 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10968 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10970 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10971 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10972 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10973 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10974 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10977 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10978 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10979 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10980 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10981 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10982 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10984 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10985 is executing in.\n\
10987 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10989 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10990 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10991 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10992 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10994 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10995 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10996 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10997 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
11000 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
11004 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
11005 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
11006 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
11007 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
11008 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
11009 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
11010 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
11011 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
11012 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11013 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11014 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11015 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11016 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11017 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11018 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11019 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11021 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11022 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11023 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11024 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11025 breakpoint set."));
11028 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
11029 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11030 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11031 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11032 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11033 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11034 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11035 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11036 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11038 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11039 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11040 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11041 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11042 breakpoint set."));
11044 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
11047 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
11048 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11049 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11050 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11051 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11052 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11053 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11054 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11055 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11057 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11058 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11059 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11060 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11061 breakpoint set."));
11063 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
11064 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11065 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11066 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11067 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11068 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
11069 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
11070 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
11071 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
11072 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11073 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11074 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11075 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11077 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11078 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11079 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11080 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11082 &maintenanceinfolist
);
11084 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
11085 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
11086 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
11087 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
11089 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
11090 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
11091 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
11092 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
11094 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
11095 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
11096 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
11097 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11098 catch_catch_command
,
11102 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
11103 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
11104 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11105 catch_throw_command
,
11109 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
11110 catch_fork_command_1
,
11112 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
11113 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
11114 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
11115 catch_fork_command_1
,
11117 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
11118 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
11119 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
11120 catch_exec_command_1
,
11124 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
11125 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
11126 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
11127 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
11128 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
11129 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
11130 catch_syscall_command_1
,
11131 catch_syscall_completer
,
11134 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
11135 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
11136 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11137 catch_ada_exception_command
,
11141 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
11142 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
11143 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11144 catch_assert_command
,
11149 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
11150 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11151 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11152 an expression changes."));
11153 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
11155 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
11156 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11157 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11158 an expression is read."));
11159 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
11161 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
11162 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11163 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11164 an expression is either read or written."));
11165 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
11167 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
11168 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
11171 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
11172 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
11173 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
11174 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
11175 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11176 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11177 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
11178 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
11179 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
11182 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
11183 &setlist
, &showlist
);
11185 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
11187 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
11189 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
11190 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11192 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
11193 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11194 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
11196 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
11197 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
11198 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
11199 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
11201 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
11202 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11204 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
11205 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11206 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
11208 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
11209 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
11210 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
11211 last tracepoint set."));
11213 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
11215 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
11216 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
11217 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11218 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
11221 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
11222 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
11223 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11224 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
11226 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
11228 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
11229 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
11230 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11231 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
11233 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
11235 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
11236 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
11237 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
11238 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
11239 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
11241 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
11242 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
11243 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
11244 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
11246 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
11247 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
11248 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
11249 pending breakpoint behavior"),
11250 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
11251 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
11252 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
11253 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
11254 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
11255 pending breakpoint behavior"),
11256 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
11257 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
11259 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
11260 &pending_break_support
, _("\
11261 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
11262 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
11263 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
11264 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
11265 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
11266 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
11268 show_pending_break_support
,
11269 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
11270 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
11272 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
11274 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
11275 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
11276 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
11277 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
11278 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
11279 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
11280 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
11282 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
11283 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
11284 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
11286 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
11287 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
11288 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
11289 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
11290 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
11291 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
11292 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
11293 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
11294 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
11295 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
11296 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
11297 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
11299 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
11300 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
11301 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
11303 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
11305 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);